Document:

First Amendment to the 401(K) Incentive Savings Plan

 EXHIBIT 10.34A 

1.12    NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 

If (a) or (b) is elected below, the Employer may make Nonelective Employer Contributions on behalf of each of
its “eligible” Participants in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.12. For purposes of this Section 1.12, an “eligible” Participant means a Participant who is an Active Participant during the Contribution
Period and who satisfies the requirements of Subsection 1.12(d) or Section 1.13. 
 Note: An Employer
may elect both a fixed formula and a discretionary formula. If both are selected, the discretionary formula shall be treated as an additional Nonelective Employer Contribution and allocated separately in accordance with the allocation formula
selected by the Employer. 
  

															
		 	 (a)    
	 	  ̈    Fixed Formula (check one or more):

					
		 		 	 (1)    
	 	  ̈
	 	 Fixed Percentage Employer Contribution - For each Contribution Period, the Employer shall contribute for each “eligible” Participant
a percentage of such “eligible” Participant’s Compensation equal to):

					
		 		 		 	 (A)
	 	         % (not to exceed 25%) to all “eligible” Participants.

				
		 		 		 	 Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(a)(1)(A) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under
Code Section 401(a)(4).

					
		 		 	 (2)
	 	  ̈
	 	 Fixed Flat Dollar Employer Contribution - The Employer shall contribute for each “eligible” Participant an amount equal
to:

					
		 		 		 	 (A)    
	 	 $         to all “eligible” Participants. (Complete (i) below).

						
		 		 		 		 	 (i)    
	 	 The contribution amount is based on an “eligible” Participant’s service for the following period (check one of the
following):

								
		 		 		 		 		 	 (I)
	 	  ̈
	  	 Each paid hour.

								
		 		 		 		 		 	 (II)
	 	  ̈
	  	 Each Plan Year.

								
		 		 		 		 		 	 (III)
	 	  ̈
	  	 Other:
                                         
                                         
           (must be a period within the Plan Year that does not exceed one week and is uniform with respect to all “eligible” Participants).

				
		 		 		 	 Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(a)(2)(A) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under
Code Section 401(a)(4).

					
		 		 	 (3)
	 	  ̈
	 	 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula - The Nonelective Employer Contribution specified in the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions
Addendum is intended to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements under Sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code such that the “ADP” test (and, under certain circumstances, the “ACP” test) is deemed satisfied. Please
complete the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. (Choose only if Option 1.07(a), Deferral Contributions is checked.)

				
		 	 (b)
	 	 þ
	 	 Discretionary Formula - The Employer may decide each Contribution Period whether to make a discretionary Nonelective Employer
Contribution on behalf of “eligible” Participants in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Basic Plan Document.

					
		 		 	 (1)
	 	 þ
	 	 Non-Integrated Allocation Formula - In the ratio that each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation bears to the total
Compensation paid to all “eligible” Participants for the Contribution Period.

					
		 		 	 (2)
	 	  ̈
	 	 Integrated Allocation Formula - As (1) a percentage of each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation plus (2) a
percentage of each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation in excess of the “integration level” as defined below. The percentage of Compensation in excess of the “integration level” shall be equal to the lesser of
the percentage of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation allocated under (1) above or the “permitted disparity limit” as defined below.

 Plan Number 42325Indenture dated June 1, 2010

 Exhibit 4.2 

 
  
 GAMES MERGER CORP. 
 (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s,
Inc.) 
 AND 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 

11% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of June 1, 2010 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA Section
	 	  	  	Indenture
Section
	310(a)(1)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	 		  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	 		  	7.10
	      (b)	 		  	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	311(a)	 		  	7.11
	      (b)	 		  	7.11
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	312(a)	 		  	2.5
	      (b)	 		  	11.3
	      (c)	 		  	11.3
	313(a)	 		  	7.6
	      (b)(1)	 		  	N.A.
	      (b)(2)	 		  	7.6
	      (c)	 		  	7.6
	      (d)	 		  	7.6
	314(a)	 		  	3.2; 11.5
	      (b)	 		  	N.A.
	      (c)(1)	 		  	11.4
	      (c)(2)	 		  	11.4
	      (c)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (d)	 		  	N.A.
	      (e)	 		  	11.5
	      (f)	 		  	N.A.
	315(a)	 		  	7.1
	      (b)	 		  	7.5; 11.2
	      (c)	 		  	7.1
	      (d)	 		  	7.1
	      (e)	 		  	6.11
	316(a)(last sentence)	 		  	11.6
	      (a)(1)(A)	 		  	6.5
	      (a)(1)(B)	 		  	6.4
	      (a)(2)	 		  	N.A.
	      (b)	 		  	6.7
	      (c)	 		  	9.4
	317(a)(1)	 		  	6.8
	      (a)(2)	 		  	6.9
	      (b)	 		  	2.4
	318(a)	 		  	11.1
	      N.A. means Not Applicable.	  	

  

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 -i-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference	  	 	1	  
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.2.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 1.3.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	33	  
		
	ARTICLE II The Notes	  	 	33	  
			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	  	Form, Dating and Terms	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.2.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.3.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.4.
	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.5.
	  	Holder Lists	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.6.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.7.
	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.8.
	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 2.9.
	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	Cancellation	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	Computation of Interest	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	55	  
		
	ARTICLE III Covenants	  	 	55	  
			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.2.
	  	SEC Reports	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.3.
	  	Limitation on Indebtedness	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 3.4.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 3.5.
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 3.6.
	  	Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 3.7.
	  	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	67	  

  
 -i-

							
	 SECTION 3.8.
	  	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 3.9.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 3.10.
	  	Change of Control	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 3.11.
	  	Future Guarantors	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.12.
	  	Limitation on Lines of Business	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.13.
	  	Payments for Consent	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.14.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.15.
	  	Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 3.16.
	  	Maintenance of Existence	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.17.
	  	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.18.
	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.19.
	  	Compliance with Laws	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.20.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 3.21.
	  	Additional Interest Notices	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 3.22.
	  	Effectiveness of Covenants	  	 	79	  
		
	ARTICLE IV Successor Company and Successor Guarantor	  	 	80	  
			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	  	Merger and Consolidation	  	 	80	  
		
	ARTICLE V Redemption of Notes	  	 	82	  
			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.2.
	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.3.
	  	Election to Redeem	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.4.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.5.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.6.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.7.
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.8.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 5.9.
	  	No Sinking Fund	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 5.10.
	  	Purchases other than Redemptions	  	 	85	  
		
	ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies	  	 	85	  
			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	  	Events of Default	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 6.2.
	  	Acceleration	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 6.3.
	  	Other Remedies	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.4.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.5.
	  	Control by Majority	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.6.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	89	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 SECTION 6.7.
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.8.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.9.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	90	  
		
	ARTICLE VII Trustee	  	 	91	  
			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 7.2.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 7.3.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.4.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.5.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.6.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.7.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.8.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.9.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	96	  
		
	ARTICLE VIII Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  	 	96	  
			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 8.2.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 8.3.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 8.4.
	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 8.5.
	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 8.6.
	  	Reinstatement	  	 	100	  
		
	ARTICLE IX Amendments	  	 	100	  
			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 9.2.
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 9.3.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 9.4.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 9.5.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 9.6.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments	  	 	103	  
		
	ARTICLE X Note Guarantees	  	 	103	  
			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	  	Guarantees	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 10.2.
	  	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	  	 	105	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 SECTION 10.3.
	  	Right of Contribution	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 10.4.
	  	No Subrogation	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 10.5.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	106	  
		
	ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous	  	 	107	  
			
	 SECTION 11.1.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.2.
	  	Notices	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.3.
	  	Communication by Holders with other Holders	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.4.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.5.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.6.
	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.7.
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.8.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.9.
	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.10.
	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.11.
	  	Successors	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.12.
	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.13.
	  	Variable Provisions	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.14.
	  	Qualification of Indenture	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.15.
	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 11.16.
	  	Force Majeure	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 11.17.
	  	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	110	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Form of the Series A Note
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of the Series B Note
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Form of Notation of Guarantee
	 EXHIBIT D
	  	Form of Successor Supplemental Indenture to be delivered by Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
	 EXHIBIT E
	  	Form of Guarantor Supplemental Indenture to be delivered by the Initial Guarantors
	 EXHIBIT F
	  	Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Guarantors

  
 -iv-

 INDENTURE dated as of June 1, 2010 by and between Games Merger Corp., a Missouri
corporation (to be merged (the “Merger”) with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Dave & Buster’s”), upon consummation of the Transactions (as defined herein) with
Dave & Buster’s as the survivor in the Merger) (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Upon the consummation of the
Transactions, (1) Dave & Buster’s will be required to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Successor Supplemental
Indenture”), pursuant to which it will assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes (as defined below) and this Indenture as successor to the Company, and (2) each of the direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of
Dave & Buster’s named in Schedule A hereto (the “Initial Guarantors”) will be required to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the
“Guarantor Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Successor Supplemental Indenture, the “Supplemental Indentures”), pursuant to which each of the Initial Guarantors will guarantee all the obligations of
Dave & Buster’s under the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Recitals Of The Company 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) the Company’s
11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018, issued on the Issue Date (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional 11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018 that may be offered from time to
time subsequent to the Issue Date in a non-registered offering or 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018 in a registered offering of the Company that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, in each case, having identical terms
and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date, issue price and the first interest payment date (the “Additional Notes”) and (iii) if and when issued, Dave & Buster’s 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018
that may be issued from time to time in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined, the “Exchange Notes” and together with the Initial Notes and Additional
Notes, the “Notes”). $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes shall be initially issued on the date hereof. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders: 
 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in
anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets; provided, however, that Indebtedness of such acquired Person or assumed in
connection with such acquisition of assets that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person merges with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person or such assets are acquired shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 

 “Additional Assets” means (i) any assets (other than assets that are
qualified as current assets under GAAP), property, plant or equipment (excluding working capital for the avoidance of doubt) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business; (ii) assets (other than assets that are
qualified as current assets under GAAP), property and/or the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) Capital Stock
constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) capital expenditures used or useful in a Related Business, provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such
Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means
any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the
power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings
correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption,
the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such note on
June 1, 2014 (each such redemption price being described under Section 5.1), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through June 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note. 
 “Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a
series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the
purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. 

  
 2 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset
Dispositions: (i) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary
course of business; (iii) the sale, lease or discount of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, including a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (iv) a disposition of damaged,
obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business; (v) transactions
permitted under Article IV or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; (vi) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (vii) for purposes of
Section 3.8 only, (a) the making of a Permitted Investment (provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such Asset Disposition shall be treated as Net Available Cash) or (b) a disposition subject to
Section 3.4; (viii) an Asset Swap effected in compliance with Section 3.8; (ix) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $1.0
million; (x) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; (xi) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the
ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; (xii) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by the covenant described in
Section 3.3; (xiii) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with
the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (xiv) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; (xv) the sale of Permitted Investments (other than sales of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries)
made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if such Permitted Investments were (a) received in exchange for, or purchased out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or (b) received in the form of, or were purchased from the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company;
provided that any such proceeds or contributions in clauses (a) and (b) will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a); (xvi) foreclosure on assets; and (xvii) the sale or other Investment of Equity
Interests of, or any Investment in, any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Asset Swap” means a concurrent purchase
and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 3.8. 

“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the
present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which
such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined
in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.” 
 “Average Life” means, as of
the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments. 

  
 3 

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any
similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the
board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution or unanimous written consent certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of a company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New
York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means: (i) in the case
of a corporation, corporate stock; (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (iii) in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital
Stock, including, in each case, Preferred Stock. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time
any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be
terminated without penalty. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: (i) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign
Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United
States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (iii) marketable general obligations issued by any state of
the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from
either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (iv) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of
not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, Inc. or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; (vi) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at
least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized
rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and (vii) interests in any investment company or money market fund
which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (ii) through (vi) above. 

  
 4 

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 (1) the Company becomes aware that any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than one or more Permitted Holders has become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have
“beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any
Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings held by a parent entity, if such person or group “beneficially owns” (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or

 (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings are not Continuing
Directors; or 
 (3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation),
in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder; or 
 (4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company or Holdings of a plan or
proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or Holdings. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream
Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract,
commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the
ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 5 

 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes
of such common stock. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to
any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on
a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that: 
 (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (a) has Incurred
any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such
computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter
period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the
date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is
no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving
credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such
repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

  
 6 

 (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall
have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such
an Asset Disposition: 
 (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period;
and 
 (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated
Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (including, but not limited to, through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another
Person if the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after the assumption thereof) with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition for such period
(or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted
Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company) or an acquisition of assets,
including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets
or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA (plus adjustments which will only include annualized cost savings achievable within 180 days and which shall be itemized in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee by the chief financial
officer of the Company) and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such
period; and 
 (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would
have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving
pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 

  
 7 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation
under this definition, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma
effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the
following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

 (2) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus 
 (3) consolidated depreciation expense; plus 
 (4) consolidated amortization
expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long Lived Assets;” plus 
 (5) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (including any net
change in deferred amusement revenue and ticket liability reserves, but excluding any other non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period not included in the calculation); plus 
 (6) any non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual loss; plus

 (7) fees, expenses and charges resulting from the Transactions described in the Offering Memorandum; plus 

(8) the aggregate amount of cash Preopening Costs incurred during such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any
period; plus 
 (9) payments made pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; less

 (10) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the
reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period). 

  
 8 

 Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6), (8) and
(10) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such
Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6), (8) and (10) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of
such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to the
Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to
that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its
consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense: 
 (1)
interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized
lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations; 
 (2) amortization of debt
discount and debt issuance cost (provided that any amortization of bond premium shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest
Expense); 
 (3) non-cash interest expense; 
 (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; 

(5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; 
 (6) costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) provided, however, that if Hedging Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be
credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income; 

  
 9 

 (7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that
was capitalized during such period; 
 (8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or
Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, times
(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP; 
 (9) Receivables Fees; and 

(10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan
or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust. 
 For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness”, the
calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (10) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the
final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.” 
 For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense shall be
determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance
sheet of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may
sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) any net income (loss)
of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 
 (a) subject to the limitations
contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such
Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and

  
 10 

 (b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on
the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that: 
 (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in
such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to
another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and 
 (b) the Company’s equity
in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 

(3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any
Person; 
 (4) any extraordinary gain or loss; 
 (5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 
 (6) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments; and 
 (7) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees shall be excluded.

 Corporate overhead expenses payable by Holdings described in clause (9) of Section 3.4(b), the funds for which are provided
by the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. In no event will the proceeds of business interruption insurance (if otherwise included
in the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) be excluded from Consolidated Net Income by the foregoing adjustments. 

  
 11 

 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means Consolidated Total Assets after
deducting: (i) all current liabilities; (ii) any item representing investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and (iii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles.

 “Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured
Indebtedness as of such date to (y) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
are available, provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness shall be calculated on a pro forma basis (and with respect to Consolidated
EBITDA, consistent with the adjustments in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”) to give effect, as appropriate, to any Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness or Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition since the beginning
of the applicable period and as if each such Incurrence, discharge, Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such Asset Disposition had been consummated on the day prior to the
first day of such period. 
 “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date, the total Secured
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Total Assets” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of assets which would appear on a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, who: (1) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the relevant Board of Directors at the
time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office
of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 45 Broadway, 14th floor, New York, NY 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the
Company). 
 “Credit Facility” means, one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time
and including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other lenders or investors or indentures or other agreements providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt
securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other indebtedness, in each case, as
amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to investors) in whole or in part, in one or more
instances, from time to time (including successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing, including into one or more debt facilities, commercial
paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements (including by means of sales of debt securities (including additional notes) to investors), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or
other debt obligations, from time to time). 

  
 12 

 “Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 
 “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Defaulted Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14. 

“Definitive Notes” means certificated securities. 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other
depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any
Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to
a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
(it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part; in each case on or
prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding, provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the
corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Company may
not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with the provisions contained in
Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of this Indenture and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.4 of this Indenture. 

  
 13 

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary, other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or
other rights to acquire or purchase Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means (i) an offering for cash by the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock,
or (ii) a cash capital contribution to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case other than (x) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or Holdings’, as the case may be, Common Stock, or options,
warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (y) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (z) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Excluded Contributions” means the Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of the assets (as determined
conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company after the Issue Date from: 
 (1) capital
contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock
ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with
cash on or prior to the date of determination) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case designated as
Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be. 

  
 14 

 “Expense Reimbursement Agreement” means the Expense Reimbursement Agreement
between the Company and Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC (and their permitted successors and assigns thereunder) as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31 of each year or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the
Company and the Board of Directors and of which the Trustee shall receive written notice pursuant to Section 3.20 hereof. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such
Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in
effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with
GAAP. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 
 (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course
of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means
each Restricted Subsidiary (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture);
provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor, 

“Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment to its Note
Guarantee. 

  
 15 

 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any
Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate
Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Holdings” means Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money; (ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) the principal component of all obligations of such
Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such
obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); (iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than six
months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto; (v) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person; (vi) the principal component or liquidation preference of
all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock; (vii) the principal component of all
Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market
value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; (viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and (ix) to the
extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such
obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time). 

  
 16 

 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at
such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed
and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of
such interest. 
 In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding
paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if: 
 (1) such Indebtedness is the
obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”); 
 (2)
such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and 
 (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such
Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed: 
 (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the
General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or 

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such
Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any
debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others),
or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided
that none of the following shall be deemed to be an Investment: 
 (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course
of business and in compliance with this Indenture; 

  
 17 

 (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;
and 
 (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the
extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company. 
 For purposes of Section 3.4,
(i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a
permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to
the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so
redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Company; and (iii) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a
Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of the
Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to
or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better
outlook. 
 “Issue Date” means June 1, 2010. 

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.8. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset
Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities
received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject
of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting,
investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account
any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 

  
 18 

 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such
Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law is required to be repaid out of the proceeds from
such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in
Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be
provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock means the cash proceeds of such issuance or
sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such
issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); provided that the cash proceeds of an Equity Offering
by Holdings shall not be deemed Net Cash Proceeds, except to the extent such cash proceeds are contributed to the Company. 

“Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and 

  
 19 

 (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment
of the Notes and Exchange Securities issued in a registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such
Guarantees. Each such Guarantee will be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. 
 “Note Register” means
the register of Notes, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 “Notes” means the
Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes
(as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Offering
Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated May 19, 2010 relating to the issuance of the Notes. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant
Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes. 

“Permitted Holders” means Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. and Oak
Hill Capital Management, LLC (collectively, “Oak Hill”), investment funds managed or advised by Oak Hill, partners of Oak Hill and any Affiliates or Related Persons thereof. 

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 

(1) (a) a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or (b) a Person which shall, upon the making of such Investment, become a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business; 

  
 20 

 (2) or held by another Person if such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into,
or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Related Business; provided further,
that in the case of Investments held by such other Person, such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 

(3) cash and Cash Equivalents; 
 (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 

(5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as
expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) to the extent permitted by
applicable law, loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in an
aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.5 million (loans or advances that are forgiven shall continue to be deemed outstanding); 
 (7) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of
judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor; 
 (8)
Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 3.8; 
 (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date; 
 (10) Currency Agreements,
Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.3; 
 (11) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (11), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed
$15.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

(12) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 3.3; 

(13) any Asset Swap made in accordance with Section 3.8; 

  
 21 

 (14) any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for, or out of the Net
Cash Proceeds received from, the substantially contemporaneous issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment
pursuant to this clause (14) will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a); 
 (15) endorsements of
negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) pledges or deposits permitted under clause
(2) of the definition of Permitted Liens. 
 (17) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under
any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; and 

(18) Investments in or by any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investments not to exceed $10.0 million
outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens
securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and related Hedging Obligations and liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company under the
Senior Secured Credit Agreement permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $250.0 million; 
 (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other
than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which
such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens
Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject
to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the
request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness; 

  
 22 

 (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar
encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long
as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation; 
 (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so
long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not
expired; 
 (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease
Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, provided that: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this
Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 
 (b) such
Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or
appurtenant thereto; 
 (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s
Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that: 
 (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
provide collateral to the depository institution; 

  
 23 

 (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) Liens
existing on the Issue Date, other than Liens Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of this definition; 
 (14) Liens on property
or Capital Stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a
merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; 

(17) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10),
(13), (14), (15), (17) (20) and (22), provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or,
under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; 

(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 

(20) Liens under industrial revenue, municipal or similar bonds; 

(21) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million which may include Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries that are incurred in accordance with Section 3.3 in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any one time not to exceed $10.0 million; and 
 (22) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a), provided that on the date thereof the Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00.

  
 24 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends,
or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation. 

“Preopening Costs” means “start-up costs” (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff training and recruiting and travel costs for employees
engaged in such start-up activities. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined
in Rule 144A under the Securities Act). 
 “Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized
statistical Rating Agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.
or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivable” means a right to receive
payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the
purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined. 

“Receivables Fees” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a
factoring agreement or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with a factoring agreement or other similar arrangement, regardless of
whether any such transaction is structured as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 25 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund,
refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” and “refinanced” shall have a correlative meaning) any
Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
 (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity
of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated
Maturity of the Notes; 
 (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (3) such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the
aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees
Incurred in connection therewith); 
 (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
or a Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
 (5) no Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the date of this Indenture by and among Dave & Buster’s, the Guarantors and the
initial purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among Dave & Buster’s and the other parties thereto as such agreements may be amended from
time to time. 
 “Related Business” means (x) any business which is the same as or related, ancillary or
complementary to, or a reasonable extension or expansion of, any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and (y) any unrelated business to the extent it is not material to the Company.

 “Related Business Assets” means assets used or useful in a Related Business. 

“Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder means: 

(1) any controlling stockholder or a majority (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Permitted Holder or, in the case of an individual, any
spouse or immediate family member of such Permitted Holder, any trust created for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries; or 

  
 26 

 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (or more) controlling interest of which consist of such Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust
department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the
persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “restricted security” within the
meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an opinion of counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.

 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the Private Placement Legend set forth in clause (A) of
Section 2.1(d) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(d), as applicable. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” with respect to any Person means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers
such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 
 “SEC” means
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person on any date of determination, any Indebtedness of such Person secured by any Lien. 
 “Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

  
 27 

 “Senior Secured Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be entered
into among Games Intermediate Merger Corp. (to be merged with and into Holdings, with Holdings as the surviving entity), the Company (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, with Dave & Buster’s as the surviving
entity), as Borrower, 6131646 Canada Inc., as Canadian Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or
refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with Section 3.3); provided that a Senior Secured
Credit Agreement shall not (x) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant
to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (y) relate to Indebtedness that does not consist exclusively of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
 “Stated Maturity”
means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Stock Purchase Agreement” means the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Holdings, the sellers party thereto, each option holder of Holdings party thereto and Games Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation, as Buyer, dated as of May 2, 2010. 
 “Subordinated Obligation” means any
Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total
equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Subsidiary Guarantees” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) of Section 4.1. 

  
 28 

 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect from time to time. 

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the initial borrowings under the
Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the issuance of the Notes, the application of the proceeds therefrom and the payment of related fees and expenses. 
 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data))
most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such
yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter,
means such successor. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company
which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) all the
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and shall at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.4; 

  
 29 

 (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 

(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or 

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels
of operating results; and 
 (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a
party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such
date. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 3.3 on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States for the timely
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary
receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S.
Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

  
 30 

 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such
Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’
qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. 
 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Additional Interest Notice”
	  	3.21    
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	Recitals
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.9(a)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(e)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	3.8(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	3.8(c)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	3.8(c)
	 “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
	  	3.8(c)
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.2    
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	  3.10(b)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	  3.10(b)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	  3.10(b)
	 “Company”
	  	Recitals
	 “Company Order”
	  	2.2    
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	  3.22(a)
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	  2.14    
	 “Dave & Buster’s”
	  	Recitals
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1    
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Recitals
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.8(b)
	 “Funds in Trust”
	  	8.2(1)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Guarantor Supplemental Indenture”
	  	Recitals
	 “IAI”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Initial Guarantor”
	  	Recitals
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Recitals
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Notes”
	  	Recitals
	 “Obligations”
	  	10.1   
	 “Pari Passu Notes”
	  	3.8(b)

  
 31 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3     
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Permitted Holdings Payments”
	  	3.4(b)
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	2.1(d)
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	5.5     
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3     
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Legend”
	  	2.1(d)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	  3.22(b)
	 “Reinstatement Event”
	  	  3.22(b)
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.6(a)
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	3.4(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Series B Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.14(a)
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.14(a)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	4.1      
	 “Successor Supplemental Indenture”
	  	Recitals
	 “Supplemental Indentures”
	  	Recitals
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.22(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.22(b)
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)  

 SECTION 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to
the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meaning: 
 “Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture notes” means the
Notes. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 

  
 32 

 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA
reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION
1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount
security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and 
 (9) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts. 
 ARTICLE II 
 The Notes 
 SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. (a) The
aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue,
from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 3.3(a) hereof, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration or
transfer, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.6, 2.10, 2.12 or 9.5 or in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.8 or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to
Section 3.10. 

  
 33 

 The Initial Notes shall be known and designated as “11% Senior Notes, Series A, due
2018” of the Company. Additional Notes issued as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as “11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018” of the Company. Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be known and
designated as “11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018” of the Company, and Exchange Notes shall be known and designated as “11 Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018” of the Company. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution and (b)(i) an Officers’ Certificate
or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 
 (i) the aggregate
principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (ii)
the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes; and 
 (iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be
Restricted Notes issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto. 
 The Initial
Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on
all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to
which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant
to a Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 2010 among Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation (to be merged with and into the Company) and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. as the initial purchasers, as amended
by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010 executed by the Company and each of the Guarantors. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (“Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold
initially only to (A) QIBs and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”)) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may
thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs
(“IAIs”) in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or
more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

  
 34 

 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States
in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including
appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A
Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note
may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the
form of a temporary global security (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding
permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by
Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited upon issuance with the Notes Custodian in the manner described in this Article II for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such
other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear or Clearstream. Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and
including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in
accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein. 
 Investors may hold their interests in the
Regulation S Global Note directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems. Investors may also hold such interests through organizations
other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in the Depositary’s system. If interests in the Regulation S Global Note are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream shall hold such interests in the Regulation
S Global Note through the Depositary on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, shall hold such interests in the
applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of the Depositary. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the
Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee, and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 35 

 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional
Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the
“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be
represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global
Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary, as hereinafter provided. 
 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Note, the Regulation S Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Note, if any, as the case may be, shall be issued in the form of a permanent
global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Notes Custodian as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in
Section 2.1(d) hereof (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be
represented by a single certificate. 
 Any Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be issued in the form
of one or more permanent global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit B (each, a “Series B Global Note”) deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.
A Series B Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Series B
Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note, if any, the Exchange Global Note, and the Series B Global Note are sometimes collectively herein
referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
 The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be
payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however,
that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register or (ii) wire transfer or to an account
located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
the Depositary. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes shall be
made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such
account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 

  
 36 

 The Exchange Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit B. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d). The Company shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation,
endorsement or legend on them. Any such notation, endorsement or legend shall be furnished to the Trustee in writing. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B
are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 

(c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note
or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective
registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, 

  
 37 

 (A) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall
(x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) and (y) bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof:

 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE
ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE
OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED
AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE, HOLD OR DISPOSE OF THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY
ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), ANY GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH,
NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN,
ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (II) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING OR DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE
SIMILAR LAWS.” 

  
 38 

 (B) the Regulation S Global Note shall (x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer
set forth in Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) and (y) bear the following legend (the “Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof: 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND,
ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”), (2) BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON
ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER
OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT
TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR
INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED AFTER 40 CONSECUTIVE DAYS BEGINNING ON AND INCLUDING THE LATER OF (A) THE DAY ON WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) AND (B) THE DATE
OF THE CLOSING OF THE ORIGINAL OFFERING. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 39 

 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE, HOLD OR DISPOSE OF THIS
SECURITY CONSTITUTES ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS
SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), ANY GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY,
“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (II) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING OR DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A
NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.” 
 (C) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.
OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO
NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF.” 

  
 40 

 (e) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only
to Global Notes deposited with the Notes Custodian. 
 (ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name
of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for such Depositary and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

(iii) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with
respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a
beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (iv) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(v) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to subsection (f) of this
Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Trustee shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(vi) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, such
Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial
interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (vii) Any
Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent)
or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 

  
 41 

 (f) Definitive Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in
Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written
request in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be delivered to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (i) the Depositary
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when the Depositary is required to be so registered in
order to act as Depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating
that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary. 
 (g) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(v) or (vi) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (c) of
Section 2.6, bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (h) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred and the relevant Global Note shall be increased by an adjustment made on the records of the Trustee and the
Depositary. 
 SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a
Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue
Date in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer pursuant to
a Registration Rights Agreement or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, of an equal principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the
Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either a Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the “Company Order”). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on
which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 

  
 42 

 The Trustee may (at the expense of the Company) appoint an agent (the
“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. 
 In case the Company,
pursuant to Article IV shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person
resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture
supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the
successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of
like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any
new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for
the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 
 SECTION
2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Note Register”). The Company may have one registrar and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this
Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the
Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that is a
Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Notes
Custodian, Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Company may remove any Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no
such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be,
and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Notes Custodian,
Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee. 

  
 43 

 SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By at least 10:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on the date on which any principal of (premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal
(premium, if any) or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying
Agent for the payment of principal of (premium, if any) or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or any Guarantor in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent,
it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds
disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar
proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5. Holder
Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the
Registrar or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing within 15 days, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the
date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 

(i) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB
shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it
and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding
the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144A; 

  
 44 

 (ii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor
Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the
Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
 (iii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a
certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to each of them. 
 (b) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation
S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has
received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in
order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
 (ii) a transfer of a Regulation S
Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the
Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
 (iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in
Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with
applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.9 or any additional certification. 

  
 45 

 (c) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not
bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear
such Restricted Notes Legend unless (i) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in a Exchange Offer in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (ii) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant
to an effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (d) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6 in accordance with its records
retention policy. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 

(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of
this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.8, 3.10 or 9.5). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning
(1) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 Business Days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment
date. 
 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (premium, if any) and interest on such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt
and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

  
 46 

 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility
or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with
respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other
security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered
Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary.
The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than, if the Trustee has received prior notice of a transfer, to require delivery of
such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period.

 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 

Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Chief Financial
Officer 
 and 
 Wells Fargo Bank
– DAPS Reorg. 
 MAC N9303-121 

608 2nd Avenue South 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479

 Fax: (866)969-1290 
 with a copy to:

 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate
Trust Administration 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006 
 Attention: Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Administrator 

  
 47 

			
	Re:	 	 Games Merger Corp. (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.)

11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010
relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of $[            ] principal amount of Notes represented by the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by
the Indenture. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

					
	Very truly yours,	 	
		
	[Name of Transferor]	 	
			
	By:	 	  
	 	
		 	Authorized Signature	 	

 SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 

Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Chief Financial
Officer 
 and 
 Wells Fargo Bank
– DAPS Reorg. 
 MAC N9303-121 

608 2nd Avenue South 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479

 Fax: (866)969-1290 

  
 48 

 with a copy to: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Administration 

45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006

 Attention: Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Administrator 
  

			
	Re:	 	 Games Merger Corp. (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.)

11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)

 Dear Sirs: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $             principal amount of the Notes of Games Merger Corp. (to be merged
with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.) (the “Company”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be
registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

					
	Name:	 	  
	 	

  

					
	Address:	 	  
	 	

  

					
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  
	 	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the
Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our
investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

  
 49 

 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and,
unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date
that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination
Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act
(“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor”
within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount
of Notes of $250,000 or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the
property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale shall not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the
form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other
transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee. 
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:	 	  

 

			
	BY:	 	  

 SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S. 
 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 

Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Chief Financial
Officer 
 and 
 Wells Fargo Bank
– DAPS Reorg. 
 MAC N9303-121 

608 2nd Avenue South 
 Minneapolis, MN 55479

 Fax: (866)969-1290 

  
 50 

 with a copy to: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Administration 

45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006

 Attention: Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Administrator 
  

			
	Re:	 	 Games Merger Corp. (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.)

11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of $             aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on
our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our
behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c) no directed selling efforts
have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
 (d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been
made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 
 You and
the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered
hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

  
 51 

					
	Very truly yours,	 	
		
	[Name of Transferor]	 	
			
	By:	 	  
	 	
		 	Authorized Signature	 	

 SECTION 2.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered
to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon Company Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note. The Holder shall meet the requirements
of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code, such that the Holder (a) notifies the Company and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not
registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company prior to the Company having notice that the Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform
Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company and the Trustee. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to
protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a
protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal
amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any Guarantor and any
other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes
duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other
rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

  
 52 

 SECTION 2.11. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those paid pursuant to Section 2.10, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in
the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note except that the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not obtain voting rights with respect to such Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in
trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes maturing and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on
that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.12. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the
Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency
maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a
Holder of Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.13. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the
Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in
another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the Global Note and on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the
Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 53 

 SECTION 2.14. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note
which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for
such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any
interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been
such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”)
shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below: 

(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company
shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon, the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the
payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment
Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest
Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such
Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b). 
 (b) The Company
may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice
given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

  
 54 

 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this
Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 2.15. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months. 
 SECTION 2.16. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers
(if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers. 

ARTICLE III 

Covenants 

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and
interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States from principal or interest payments hereunder. 

SECTION 3.2. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC, and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports
(or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein; provided that the quarterly
report with respect to the first quarter ending following the Transactions may be furnished up to 75 days following the end of such quarter. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC
pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information (as well as the details regarding the conference call 
 described below) to the Trustee and the Holders as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in
the relevant forms (except as provided above). Unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall also hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders to discuss such financial information. The
conference call will not be held later than three Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial information as set forth above. No fewer than one Business Day prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in
accordance with the preceding sentence the Company shall issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and the date of such conference call and directing the beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the
Notes and securities analysts to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain information on how to access such conference call. The Company agrees that it shall not take any
action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept such filings. The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a). 

  
 55 

 Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the
Trustee pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, unless the Company has publicly furnished such information to the SEC, the Company shall also post copies of such information required by the immediately preceding paragraph on a website
(which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers”
within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market
making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Company. 
 If the Company has designated any of its
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and the Consolidated EBITDA of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken together exceeds 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the
preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 In
addition, the Company and the Guarantors shall make available to the Holders and to securities analysts, prospective investors, upon the request of such holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this covenant, the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the holders of Notes as required
by this covenant if it has filed or furnished such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. For purposes of the Trustee’s administrative convenience only, the Company shall provide the Trustee an
electronic copy of such report or provide the Trustee with an electronic link of such report via email; provided that in no event shall the failure by the Company to provide the Trustee such electronic copy or such electronic link result in a
Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. 

  
 56 

 The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the
Company prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or
shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph shall not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the
Company’s reporting obligations set forth in the first three paragraphs of this covenant, provided, further, that at such time the Company is not required to pay any additional interest pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 In the event that (1) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect
parent company of the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and (2) such parent entity of the Company is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly
or indirectly of the Capital Stock of the Company, the information and reports required by the covenant may be those of such parent company on a consolidated basis. 
 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof: 

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

 (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or shall occur as a consequence of
Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence. 
 (b) The foregoing paragraph (a) shall not
prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 
 (1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor
Incurred under a Credit Facility in an aggregate amount up to $250.0 million less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the proceeds from Asset Dispositions utilized in accordance with clause 3(a) of Section 3.8
that permanently reduce the commitments thereunder; 
 (2) (x) Guarantees by the Company or Guarantors of
Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated
Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee, as the case may be; and (y) Guarantees by Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by
Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 

  
 57 

 (3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, 
 (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 

(b) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the Company or a Guarantor is not the obligee, such
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor; and 
 (c) (i) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, not permitted by this clause (3); 

(4) (a) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Note Guarantees of the Guarantors and
the related Exchange Securities and Subsidiary Guarantees issued in a registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (6), (8),
(9) and (10)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness (including Refinancing Indebtedness) described in this clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to
Section 3.3(a); 
 (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date
on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of
related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however,
that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, either (a) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5) or (b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 

(6) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative
purposes); 
 (7) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including
Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or refinance the purchase, lease, construction or improvements of real or personal property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, and Attributable Indebtedness, and any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7), in an aggregate outstanding principal
amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and (y) $10.0
million at any time outstanding; 

  
 58 

 (8) Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers' compensation claims,
health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance and premiums related thereto, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees (not for borrowed money)
provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) Indebtedness
arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of
the Company or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that 
 (a) the
maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and 
 (b) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise
reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (9)); 
 (10) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in
the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; and 
 (11) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Guarantors in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to renew, refund,
refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11); provided that a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor can Incur Indebtedness under this clause (11) of up to $10.0 million at any one
time outstanding. 

  
 59 

 (c) [Reserved.] 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.3: 

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.3, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, with the exception of clause (1) of paragraph (b), may later classify
such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such paragraphs; 

(2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be deemed
Incurred under clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3 and not paragraph (a) or clause (4) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3; 

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in
the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (4) if obligations in respect
of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3 and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such
other Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, shall be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase
premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 
 (6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.3
need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.3 permitting such Indebtedness; and

 (7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal
to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 (e) Accrual of interest, accrual of
dividends, the accretion of accreted value, or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.3. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is
more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

  
 60 

 (f) In addition, the Company shall not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur
any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.3, the Company shall be in Default of this Section 3.3). 

(g) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first
committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus related fees and expenses). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the
Company may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness,
if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of
such refinancing. 
 SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make
any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 (a) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; and

 (b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted
Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis, taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiaries); 

  
 61 

 (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital
Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)); 

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than (x) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by
the Company or any other Guarantor permitted under clause (3) of paragraph (b) of Section 3.3 or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person; 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in
clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 

(a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or 

(b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of
Section 3.3 after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (c) the
aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding clauses (1) through (4) and (6) through (14)) would exceed the sum of: 

(i) 50% of (i) Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
Company’s last completed fiscal quarter preceding the Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net
Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) and (ii) any dividends received by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent
that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income for such periods or otherwise included in clause (v) below; 

  
 62 

 (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of
the assets (as determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date
(other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or
similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) excluding in any event Excluded Contributions or Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set
forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with the Transactions, as contemplated in the Offering Memorandum; 

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s
balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); 

(iv) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the Issue Date (A) is redesignated as a
Restricted Subsidiary, (B) is merged or consolidated into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date,
the fair market value (as determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company) of (x) in the case of clause (A) or (B) above, the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, merger
or consolidation and (y) in the case of clause (C) above, such assets (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (15) of the next succeeding paragraph or pursuant to clause
(11) of the definition of Permitted Investment); and 
 (v) to the extent that any Restricted Investment
that was made after the Issue Date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated, repaid, repurchased or redeemed for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of
disposition, if any), and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment to the extent such amount was not already included in Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 63 

 (b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:

 (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock,
Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of (i) the substantially contemporaneous contribution of common equity capital to
the Company or (ii) the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent
such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided,
however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Guarantor made by exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by
exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing
Indebtedness; 
 (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case,
is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Guarantor from Net Available
Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.8; 
 (5) dividends paid within 60 days after the date
of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 3.4 and the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the giving of the redemption notice if at the date of such
notice the redemption payment would have complied with this Section 3.4; 

  
 64 

 (6) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any parent of the Company held by any existing or former employees or management or
directors of the Company or Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions
under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed
$2.5 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options,
warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by
the Company and utilized pursuant to this clause (6) for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a) and provided, further, that unused amounts
available pursuant to this clause (6) to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twelve-month period; 

(7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to
holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock of any Guarantor issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest
Expense”; 
 (8) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants
or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise, provided that the amount of such withholding taxes shall
reduce the amount set forth in clause (6) above; 
 (9) cash dividends or loans to Holdings (which for
purposes of this clause (9) shall include any direct or indirect parent of the Company) (“Permitted Holdings Payments”) in amounts equal to: 
 (a) the amounts required for Holdings to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes to the extent that such income taxes are directly attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and, to the extent of amounts actually received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent directly attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(b) the amounts required for Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its legal existence; 

  
 65 

 (c) an amount not to exceed $1.0 million (or $2.0 million following an initial public
offering) in any fiscal year to permit Holdings to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for both Holdings and the Company;

 (d) dividends or distributions to Holdings to permit Holdings to satisfy its payment obligations, if any, under the Expense
Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, or as later amended, provided that any such amendment is not more disadvantageous to the Company in any material respect than the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the
Issue Date; and 
 (e) any fees and expenses related to any equity offering or other financing of any direct or indirect parent
of the Company to the extent the proceeds of such offering or financing are contributed to the Company; 
 (10)
any payments made in connection with the Transactions pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and any other agreements or documents related to the Transactions and in effect on the closing date of the Transactions (without giving effect to
subsequent amendments, waivers or other modifications to such agreements or documents) or as otherwise described in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (11) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount
of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.10 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with
provisions similar to Section 3.8; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset
Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in Section 3.10 or Section 3.8, respectively, with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with
such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; and 
 (12) any payment on intercompany Indebtedness
permitted to be Incurred under Section 3.3(b)(3); 
 (13) Restricted Payments that are made with
Excluded Contributions; 
 (14) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and 
 (15) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million. 

  
 66 

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment
shall be its face amount and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the
Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if such fair market value is estimated in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to
exceed $20.0 million. 
 As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not
permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 
 SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other
than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously
with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Note Guarantee of such Restricted
Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless: (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the
fair market value (as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) of the property subject to such transaction; (ii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the
Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 3.3; (iii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted under Section 3.5 to create a Lien on the property
subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without securing the Notes; and (iv) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Disposition and all of the conditions of this Indenture described in Section 3.8 (including the
provisions concerning the application of Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction, treating all of the consideration received in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction as Net Available Cash for purposes of
Section 3.8. 
 SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that
the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital
Stock); (2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such
transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 3.7(a). 

  
 67 

 (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.7 shall not prohibit:

 (i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date,
including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Note Guarantees, and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (and related documentation) in effect on such date; 

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any
Equity Interests or Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests or Indebtedness Incurred as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or
in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date, provided that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and
property so acquired, and, that in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred; 
 (iii) any encumbrance or restriction (A) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an
agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or (B) contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred
to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or amendment, restatement,
modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the Company, to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such
agreements referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable; 

  
 68 

 (iv) in the case of clause (3) of paragraph (a) of this
Section 3.7, any encumbrance or restriction: (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or
transfer of any such lease, license or other similar contract; (B) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements; or (C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any
reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (v) (a) purchase money obligations
for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph
(a) of this Section 3.7 on the property so acquired; 
 (vi) any restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are
subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 
 (vii) any customary provisions
in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; any customary encumbrances or restrictions on any Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Indebtedness Incurred by such
Foreign Subsidiary; 
 (viii) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth provisions in leases and other
agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ix)
encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by Guarantors in accordance with Section 3.3 that are
not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the Company, than those applicable to the Company in either this Indenture or the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances
or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Company at a Restricted Subsidiary level); 
 (xi)
encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or other debt instruments or debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued subsequent to the Issue Date by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to clause (5) of
paragraph (b) of Section 3.3 by Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

  
 69 

 (xii) in the case of Section 3.7(a)(3), Liens permitted to be
Incurred under Section 3.5 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of assets securing such Indebtedness. 

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the
date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; (2) at least
75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that for the purposes of this Section 3.8, the
following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations or Disqualified Stock of any Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (in which case the Company will, without further
action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness); and (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after receipt; and (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: (A) to repay
Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Guarantor) (in each case other than
Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset
Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; or (B) to invest in Additional Assets within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash (or enter into a definitive agreement
with respect thereto that is consummated within 545 days after the days after the receipt of any such Net Available Cash), provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (3)(A) or
clause (3)(B) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding
paragraph (a) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition (or such later date as permitted in clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company shall
be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and to the extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions
requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Notes”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to
which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in the case of the Notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. To
the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general
corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the
amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Company may commence an Asset Disposition Offer prior to the expiration of 365 days after the occurrence of an Asset Disposition (or
such later date after giving effect to the proviso in clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a), provided that such Asset Disposition Offer complies with all applicable securities laws and regulations). 

  
 70 

 (c) The Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following
its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.8 (the “Asset Disposition Offer
Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

(d) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any
accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

 (e) Pending the final application of any Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 3.8, the holder of such Net
Available Cash may apply such Net Available Cash temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving Credit Facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to
the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset
Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in the case of the Notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.8 and, in
addition, the Company shall deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days
after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered
and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company,
shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company shall take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the
holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 

  
 71 

 (g) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any
Asset Swaps, unless (1) at the time of entering into such Asset Swap and immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(2) the Board of Directors has determined that the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or
assets being received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and has approved the terms of such Asset Swap. 
 (h) The
Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.8, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Indenture by virtue of any conflict. 
 (i) For the purposes of this Section 3.8, Holders electing to have a
Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Each Holder shall be entitled to withdraw
its election if the Company receives, not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter from such Holder setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Note or Notes
which were delivered for purchase by such Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note or Notes purchased. 
 SECTION 3.9. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or
conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless: (1) the terms of such
Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person
who is not such an Affiliate; (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Company and either (x) a further resolution by a majority of the members of such Board having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction
satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); or (y) the Company shall have received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is
not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate; and (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction
involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million the Company has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is not
materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

  
 72 

 (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.9 shall not apply to:
(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.4 or any Permitted Investment (other than Permitted Investments set forth under clauses (1)(b), (2), (11), (13) and (14) of the definition of Permitted
Investments); (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of
the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of directors, officers and employees approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company; (3) to the extent permitted by applicable law, loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in any event not to
exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date; (4) any transaction between the Company and a
Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.3;
(5) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (6) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to
time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any
material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company when taken as a whole than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; (7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or
sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of
the members of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; (8) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary
rights in connection therewith; (9) Permitted Holdings Payments; (10) any transaction on arm’s length terms with non-affiliates that become Affiliates as a result of such transaction; and (11) transactions in which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a
financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis
from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

  
 73 

 SECTION 3.10. Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each
Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the
Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided,
however that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10 if the Company has previously exercised its right to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5.1.

 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as
described under Section 5.1, the Company shall mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control
and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control payment date specified in the notice, and such notice shall otherwise include: 
 (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount
of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control
Payment”); 
 (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and 
 (3) the
procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 3.10, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased or to cancel such order of purchase. 

  
 74 

 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with
an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Each Holder shall be entitled to withdraw its election if the Company receives, not later than one
Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter from such Holder setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Note or Notes which were delivered for purchase by such Holder and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note or Notes purchased. 
 (d) On the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful: (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail, to the Holders of Notes so accepted, payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee
shall promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note
issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (e) A Change of Control
Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon consummation of the Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in effect at the time of making such Change of Control offer that, when consummated in accordance with its
terms, will result in a Change of Control, provided that such Change of Control Offer complies with all applicable securities laws or regulations. 
 (f) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 

(g) The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date. 
 (h) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if
(i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 5.1, unless and until there is a default of the applicable redemption price. 

(i) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements under Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.10,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 

  
 75 

 SECTION 3.11. Future Guarantors. (a) After the Issue Date, the Company will
cause each Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Foreign Subsidiary, created or acquired by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in
the form attached as Exhibit D hereto within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created pursuant to which such Guarantor will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal
of, premium, if any and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes on a senior basis. 
 (b) The obligations
of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Credit Facility) and after giving effect to
any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations
of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. 
 (c) Each Note Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Article X. 
 SECTION 3.12. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Related Business, except to such
extent as would not be material to the Company as a whole. 
 SECTION 3.13. Payments for Consent. Neither the
Company nor any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent,
waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment. 
 SECTION 3.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The
Company shall maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Company for payment, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other
office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to
receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 

  
 76 

 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in
or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation (which at the Issue Date shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee); provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Company
shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 SECTION 3.15. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium,
if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such
Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to so act. 
 Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with any Paying
Agent a sum in same day funds (or New York Clearing House funds if such deposit is made prior to the date on which such deposit is required to be made) that shall be available to the Trustee by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such due date
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company
shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any failure to so act. 
 The Company shall cause each Paying
Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent shall: 

(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of
the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 
 (b)
give the Trustee prompt written notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and 

(c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all
sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 

  
 77 

 The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which
such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Order, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged
from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 SECTION 3.16. Maintenance of Existence. Subject to
Article IV, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory) licenses and franchises of the
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence (except the Company), right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that
the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and shall not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to
the Holders. 
 SECTION 3.17. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be
paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any
Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not
be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if
necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION
3.18. Maintenance of Properties. The Company shall cause all material properties owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be
maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the
business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the maintenance of any of
such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary and not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

  
 78 

 SECTION 3.19. Compliance with Laws. The Company shall comply, and shall cause
each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental regulatory authority, in respect
of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 SECTION 3.20. Compliance Certificate. The Company
shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company a certificate executed by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer stating that in the
course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as such officer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such
period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). An
Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the then current Fiscal Year be changed to end on any date other than on the date as herein defined. 
 SECTION 3.21. Additional Interest Notices. In the event that the Company is required to pay additional interest to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall
provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay additional interest no later than five Business Days prior to the proposed payment date set for the amount of additional interest, and the
Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of additional interest to be paid by the Company on such Payment Date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the additional interest, or
with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of additional interest when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the additional interest. 

SECTION 3.22. Effectiveness of Covenants. 
 (a) Following the first day: 
 (1) if the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating
from both of the Rating Agencies; and 
 (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of
the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”); 

  
 79 

 the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.3, 3.4,
3.7, 3.8, 3.9, and 4.1(iii) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b) If at any time (i) the
Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or (ii) a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and
(ii) being collectively referred to as a “Reinstatement Event”), then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be
applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade
Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence);
provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants
remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been Incurred pursuant
to Section 3.3(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.3(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred
prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 3.3(a) or 3.3(b), such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been
outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(4). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.4 shall be
made as though Section 3.4 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted
Payments pursuant to Section 3.4(a). 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board
of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (e) The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such
notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Reinstatement Event) written notice of any
occurrence of a Reinstatement Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reinstatement Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. 

  
 80 

 ARTICLE IV 
 Successor Company and Successor Guarantor 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger and
Consolidation. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a corporation or a limited
liability company, provided that in the case of a merger with a limited liability company there shall be a corporate co-issuer, in each case organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States
or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the
Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.3; 
 (iv) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (i) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply
to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes and its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if
any) comply with this Indenture. 
 For purposes of this Article IV, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer,
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 
 The predecessor Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 

  
 81 

 Notwithstanding the preceding clause (iii), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may
consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction to
realize tax benefits, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiary is not increased thereby; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company shall not be
required to comply with the preceding clause (v). 
 In addition, the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to consolidate
with, merge with or into any Person (other than another Guarantor) and shall not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor to any Person (other than to another Guarantor) unless:
(i) (a) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws
of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia; (b) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor), expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture or other documentation or instruments,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that
becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default of Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental
indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; and (ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.8 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such
transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and this Article IV. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not
increased thereby. 
 ARTICLE V 
 Redemption of Notes 
 SECTION 5.1. Optional Redemption. The
Notes may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (as defined below). 

  
 82 

 SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the
Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem. The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. 

SECTION 5.4 Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant
to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (as defined below) by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance
with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis among the classes of Notes or by lot (and in any case as may be required by the rules
and procedures of the applicable depositary) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is
to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of
Notes and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 
 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise
requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense;
provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date on which notice is to be given to the Holders (or such shorter period of time as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officers’
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice at the Company’s expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of
such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 All notices of redemption shall state:

 (i) the Redemption Date, 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7, if any, 

  
 83 

 (iii) if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the method for selecting the
Notes to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption, 

(iv) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, (a) the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the
Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed and (b) such documentation and records as shall enable
to Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4. 
 (v) that on the Redemption Date the
redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company
defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) shall cease to accrue on and after said date, 
 (vi) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any, 
 (vii) the name and address of the Paying Agent, 
 (viii) that Notes called for
redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, 
 (ix) the CUSIP number and shall provide
that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in such CUSIP numbers, and 

(x) the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. By 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall
deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Company and have been delivered by the Company to the
Trustee for cancellation. 
 SECTION 5.7. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given
as aforesaid, the Notes or portions of Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date), and from
and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note
shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date). 

  
 84 

 If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 SECTION 5.8. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.14 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or
Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided, that each such new Note will be
issued in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 5.9 No Sinking Fund.
The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemptions or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION
5.10. Purchases other than Redemptions. The Company may, at any time, acquire Notes by means other than redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable
securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE VI 

Defaults and Remedies 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Note when due, that continues for 30 days; 

(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption,
upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its
obligations under Article IV; 
 (4) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice as provided below with any
of its obligations described under Section 3.8 or Section 3.10 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes which shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above; 

  
 85 

 (5) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice
as provided below with its other agreements in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above); 
 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is
created after the date of this Indenture, which default: 
 (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration
provision”); 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 
 (7) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 
 (B) consents to the
entry of a judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 
 (C) consents
to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; 
 (D) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy
or an insolvency proceeding against it; 
 (F) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the
foregoing; or 
 (G) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Law;

  
 86 

 (B) appoints a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Law; 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Law; and 
 (D) in each case, the order, decree or relief
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 
 (9) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million
(net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default
provision”); or 
 (10) any Note Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms
of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee. 
 However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
provide written notice to the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice. 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or
involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly after, but in no event later than 30 days after, a senior officer of the Company
becomes aware of any events which would constitute an Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) or (10) of this Section 6.1 in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which Officers’ Certificate
shall provide their status and what action the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof. 

  
 87 

 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default described in clauses (7) and (8) of Section 6.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the
Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal,
premium and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately. 
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration
of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default
triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 30 days after the declaration
of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
 If an Event of Default described in clauses (7) and (8) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes
shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to
Section 9.2, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, Notes) any continuing Default or Event of Default (except with respect to an Event of Default described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.1) and rescind any such acceleration with regard to the Notes and its consequences
provided that (1) such waiver would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of
Default or impair any consequent right. 

  
 88 

 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction
that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided,
however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole
discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on
Suits. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at
the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or
expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request
and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to
receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates,
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If
an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due
and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 

  
 89 

 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs
of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and
the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a
member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding
is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it, its agents and its counsel pursuant
to Section 7.7 and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay
out the money or property in the following order: 
  

			
	 First:
	  	to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;
		
	 Second:
	  	to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on
the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and
		
	 Third:
	  	to the Company.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.
At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

  
 90 

 ARTICLE VII 
 Trustee 
 SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1) the
Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or otherwise verify the contents thereof). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for
its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1)
this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be
liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 or Section 6.6. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 
 (e) Money held
in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 91 

 (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the
liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within
its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete
authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document; but the Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and its Subsidiaries at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the
Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 92 

 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
except (i), during any period it is serving as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes, any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.1(1) and 6.1(2), or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible
Officer shall have received written notification or obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Responsible Officer without independent investigation with respect
thereto. 
 (h) Delivery of the reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.2 is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 (i) In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of
such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals
and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as
so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (l) Any request or direction of the Company
mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a written request from the Company, including, as the case may be, a Company Order, and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply
with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate
such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
 SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document 
 issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other
than the Trustee. 

  
 93 

 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is
continuing and if a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of
principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, a committee of its board
of directors or a committee of its Responsible Officers and/or a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
 SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each September 15 beginning with the September 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event
prior to October 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such September 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a), if and to the extent such report may be required by the TIA. The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by TIA § 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in
writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION
7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable
costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee, and each of its officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all
loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and taxes (other than those based upon or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether
asserted by any Holder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations
hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company and the Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss,
liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence, subject to the exceptions contained in Section 7.1(c) hereof. 

  
 94 

 To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment
of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors. 
 The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee
incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8), the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in
Section 7.7. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 95 

 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty
to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under
Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by
Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation, banking association or other entity, the resulting, surviving or transferee
entity without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger,
conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in
the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA
§ 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b). 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the
Company, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 ARTICLE VIII 
 Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance 
 SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability
on Notes; Defeasance. (a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.10) for cancellation or (y) all
outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable at maturity, whether at maturity or upon redemption or shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption pursuant to Article V hereof and the Company or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for
the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or
by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or cause to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee
under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company
(accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) at the cost and expense of the
Company. 

  
 96 

 (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at its option and at any
time may terminate (i) all the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to
comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8,
3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.18, 3.22 and 4.1(iii) and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply with
such covenants or provisions shall no longer constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 6.1(4) , 6.1(5), 6.1(6), 6.1(7), 6.1(8), 6.1(9) and 6.1(10) (“covenant defeasance
option”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

 If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default, and the Note Guarantees in effect at such time shall terminate. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3) (but
only as it relates to an Event of Default as a result of a default under Section 4.1(iii)), 6.1(4), 6.1(5) (as such Section relates to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8,
3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.18 and 3.22), 6.1(6), 6.1(7) (but only with respect to a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(8) (but only with respect to a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(9) and 6.1(10) or because of the
failure to comply with clause (iii) of Article IV. 

  
 97 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the
Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the
provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 7.1, 7.2, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4,
8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive. 

SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option
only if: 
 (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars
or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (“Funds in Trust”) the principal of and interest (without reinvestment) on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, for the payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity; provided, however, that with respect to a redemption of all of the outstanding Notes at any time prior to June 14, 2014 pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes and
Section 5.1 hereof: 
 (a) the amount of Funds in Trust that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited
shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such Funds in Trust; and 
 (b)
at the time of deposit of such Funds in Trust, the Funds in Trust would be sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the Redemption Date with an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date
of deposit of such Funds in Trust; and 
 (c) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional Funds in
Trust, as necessary, on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 5.6 hereof, necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date; 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, investment bank or appraisal firm expressing their opinion that the payments of
principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient to pay principal, premium,
if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to redemption or maturity; 
 (3) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which shall be used to defease the Notes concurrently
with such incurrence); 
 (4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a Default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

  
 98 

 (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes or any Guarantee over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors
of the Company, any Guarantor or others; 
 (6) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on
the Company; 
 (7) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal
income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and shall be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred; 
 (8) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that the Holders shall not recognize income,
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had
not occurred; and 
 (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 
 SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the
deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. 

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Company. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the
Company from time to time upon receipt of written request from the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, investment bank or appraisal firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect
legal defeasance or covenant 
 defeasance, as applicable, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any U.S.
Government Obligations in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. 

  
 99 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general
creditors. 
 SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the
Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company
under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to
the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 Amendments 

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture,
a Note Guarantee or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder to: 
 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect,
mistake or inconsistency; 
 (2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any
Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes (provided, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); 
 (4) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the designation is in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (5) secure the Notes; 

  
 100

 (6) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Company; 
 (7) provide additional rights or benefits of the Holders or make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (8) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (9) release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this
Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (10) provide for the appointment of a successor
trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 
 (11) provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be
modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities; or 
 (12) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision
in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. 

After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such
amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section. 

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, a
Note Guarantee or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Any past default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, a Note Guarantee or the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver
may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes
outstanding whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 

  
 101

 (2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment
of interest or additional interest on any Note; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of
any Note; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note
may or shall be redeemed as described under Section 3.8 or Article V or any similar provision, whether through an amendment or waiver of Section 3.8 or Article V, related definitions or otherwise; 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; 

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s
Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (7) make any change to the amendment provisions of this Indenture which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions of this Indenture; or 

(8) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but
it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of
an amendment under this Section. 
 SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement
to this Indenture, a Note Guarantee or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.4. Revocation
and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of
revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it
makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Section 9.2, in which case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Notes. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.1 or 9.2 as
applicable. 

  
 102

 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph,
those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 
 SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver
does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory
to it and shall receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and
complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.3). 
 ARTICLE X 

Note Guarantees 
 SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. The Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis and as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other
Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, all other obligations and
liabilities of the Company under this Indenture (including without limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company or any
Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) and any and all costs (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) Incurred by the trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under the
Note Guarantees (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”). The Obligations of Guarantors under the Note Guarantees shall rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor,
except to the extent such other Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the obligations arising under the Note Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees 
 (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this
Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. 

  
 103

 Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of
any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any
Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any
rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them;
(e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; or (f) any change in the ownership of the Company. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder
to any security held for payment of the Obligations. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not
be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default,
failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would
otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee
herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Guarantor in compliance with
Section 10.2 or otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part
thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor
by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of
written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations
then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). 

  
 104

 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the
Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

(a) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) In the event a Guarantor is sold or disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale, exchange or transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of its Capital Stock or the sale of
all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease) and whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction) to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, such Guarantor shall be
released (without any further action on the part of any Person) from all its obligations under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if: (1) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture,
including Section 3.8 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in
accordance therewith at such time) and Article IV; and (2) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Credit Facilities and related documentation and any other agreements relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction. 
 (c) Each Guarantor shall be deemed released from all
its obligations under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Note Guarantee shall terminate upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or upon the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the
Notes, in each case, pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof. 

  
 105

 (d) A Guarantor shall be deemed released from all of its obligations under this Indenture,
its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Note Guarantee shall terminate if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall
have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Note Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company or any other Guarantor who has not paid its
proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee
and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation.
Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee
or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by
such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all
of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned
over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations. 
 SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note
Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit C shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer.

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature
is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

  
 106

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 ARTICLE XI 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. 
 SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be
in writing and delivered in person, mailed by first-class mail or by a reputable overnight courier, or sent by facsimile transmission addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company: 
 Games Merger Corp. 

c/o Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. 

201 Main Street 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Corporate Counsel 

Facsimile No.: (817) 339-7350 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor

 New York, New York 10006 

Attention: Corporate Trust – Dave & Buster’s Administrator 

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589 
 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the Note
Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication
to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with
other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

  
 107

 SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any
request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, except upon the initial issuance of Notes hereunder, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the
opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual making
such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and
scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
condition has been complied with; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual,
such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters
on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any of its Affiliates (except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned) shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination. 

  
 108

 SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New
York City. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date
shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF, AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN, THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS THAT ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO SUCH PARTY AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 11.2
HEREOF FOR SUCH PARTY. SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED THREE (3) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL BE POSTED AS AFORESAID. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS,
AND ANY OBJECTION TO THE VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION
11.10. No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Note
Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the
consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
 SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and
may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

  
 109

 SECTION 11.13. Variable Provisions. The Company initially appoints the Trustee
as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect to any Global Notes. 
 SECTION 11.14. Qualification of
Indenture. The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for
the Company and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive
from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 

SECTION 11.15. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.16. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, or communications services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the
banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 11.17. U.S.A. Patriot
Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain,
verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may
request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

  
 110

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

			
	 GAMES MERGER CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 SCHEDULE A 
 List of Initial Guarantors 
 D&B Leasing, Inc. 

D&B Marketing Company, LLC 
 D&B Realty
Holding, Inc. 
 DANB Texas, Inc. 

Dave & Buster’s I, L.P. 

Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of California, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Colorado, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Florida, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Georgia, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Hawaii, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Illinois, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Indiana, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Kansas, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Maryland, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Massachusetts, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Nebraska,
Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of New York, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Oklahoma, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Oregon, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Pennsylvania, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Pittsburgh, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Virginia, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Washington, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Wisconsin, Inc. 
 Sugarloaf Gwinnett Entertainment Company, L.P.

 Tango Acquisition, Inc. 
 Tango of
Arizona, Inc. 
 Tango of Arundel, Inc. 

Tango of Farmingdale, Inc. 
 Tango of Franklin,
Inc. 
 Tango of Houston, Inc. 
 Tango
of North Carolina, Inc. 
 Tango of Sugarloaf, Inc. 
 Tango of Tennessee, Inc. 
 Tango of Westbury, Inc. 

Tango License Corporation 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE] 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 

[Depositary Legend, if applicable] 

  
 A-1

			
	No. [            ]	  	 Principal Amount
$[            ],
 as revised by the Schedule of
Increases
 and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto

		
		  	CUSIP NO. 36467YAA3            

 GAMES MERGER CORP. 
 (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.) 
 11% Senior Note,
Series A, due 2018 
 Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation, to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s,
Inc., a Missouri corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[                    ], as
revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on June 1, 2018. 
  

			
	Interest Payment Dates:	  	June 1 and December 1.
		
	Record Dates:	  	May 15 and November 15
	
	Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

  

			
	GAMES MERGER CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

    AUTHENTICATION

	
	Dated:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	
	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
 the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-2

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES A NOTE] 

11% Senior Note, Series A, due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Games Merger
Corp., a Missouri corporation (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation) (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. 
 The
Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from June 1,
2010. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such
principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 15 and November 15 next preceding the interest payment date
even if Notes are cancelled or repurchased after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest
in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered
address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note Register; provided, however, that payments on the Notes represented by Definitive Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or
the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the Indenture (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 A-3

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect from time to time (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used
herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 11% Senior Notes, Series
A, due 2018 issued under the Indenture on June 1, 2010 (herein called “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018 or 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018 of the Company that may be
issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to June 1, 2010, in each case having identical terms and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date, issue price and the first interest payment date (herein called “Additional
Notes”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the
Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes, among other things, certain limitations on
the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the
Company and Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, certain purchases or redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions involving the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of certain Liens, transactions with Affiliates, mergers and consolidations, payments for consent, the business activities and investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the
sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into agreements that restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries and
requires the Company to make available SEC information to the Holders as well as requiring certain Restricted Subsidiaries to guarantee the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. 

  
 A-4

	5.	Redemption 

 Except as
described below, the Notes are not redeemable until June 1, 2014. On and after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the original
principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) and Exchange Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price of 111.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that: 

 

	 	(1)	at least 60% of the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) and Exchange Notes remains outstanding
after each such redemption; and 

  

	 	(2)	the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering. 

 In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2014, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, the Company may
redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 If the optional Redemption Date
is on or after a record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no
additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company. 
 In the case of any
partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on
a pro rata basis or by lot (and in any case as may be required by the rules and regulations of the applicable depository) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes, although no Note of $2,000 in
original principal amount or less may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 

  
 A-5

 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes. The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise. 

 

	6.	Change of Control Provisions 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in,
and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. The Company shall be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer in certain circumstances described in the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance
with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the
transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning (1) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (2) 15 days before an interest
payment date and ending on such interest payment date. 
  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another
person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	10.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of
principal and interest on the Notes to maturity. 

  
 A-6

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, a Note Guarantee, and the Notes may be amended with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and
(ii) subject to certain exceptions, any past default (other than with respect to nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article IV or
Article X in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company for
the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits of the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any
Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee or to conform the text of
the Indenture, this Note or the Note Guarantees of any provision in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum. 

  
 A-7

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default for
30 days in any payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (ii) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon optional redemption
pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article IV of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days
after written notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under the Indenture, which failure
shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) above; (v) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes
(other than those referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above); (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money
borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such
Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period
provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”) and, in each case, the principal amount of
any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vii) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (the “bankruptcy provisions”); (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million
(net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default
provision”); or (ix) any Note Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its
obligations under the Indenture or its Note Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes provide written notice to the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice. 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (vii) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by
notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in
clause (vii) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any Holders. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse
to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.
The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

 

	13.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 A-8

	14.	No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes or the Indenture or the Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	15.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	16.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	17.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	18.	Defined Terms 

 As used in
this Note, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Company shall furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Games Merger Corp. 
 c/o Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. 
 201 Main Street

 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 

Attention: Corporate Counsel 
 Facsimile No.: (817) 339-7350 

  
 A-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

                      
                                         
                                         
                         
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

                      
                                         
                                  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

Date:                        
                                         
               Your
Signature:                                       
                      
 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                              
                                   
      (Signature must be guaranteed) 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side
of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 In
connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes
were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

  

					
	1	 	 ̈	    	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
			
	2	 	 ̈	    	transferred to the Company; or
			
	3	 	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	4	 	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	5	 	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
			
	6	 	 ̈	    	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 of the Indenture); or
			
	7	 	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 A-10

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes,
in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
		 		 	  

		 		 	Signature
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed) Signature	 		 	Signature

                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                     

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF
(1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended, and is aware
that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that
it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
 Dated:
                                         
                                         
          NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer 

  
 A-11

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Amount of
increase
in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory
of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-12

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the
Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $ 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                                         
                                 

                         
               (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 The signature(s)
should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-13

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE] 
 [Depositary Legend, if applicable] 

  
 B-1

			
	No. [            ]	  	 Principal Amount
$[                        ],
 as revised by the Schedule of Increases
 and Decreases in the Global Note attached
hereto
  
 CUSIP NO.
U36325AA3

 GAMES MERGER CORP. 
 (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc.) 
 11% Senior Note,
Series B, due 2018 
 Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation, to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s,
Inc., a Missouri corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                                        ]
Dollars, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on June 1, 2018. 
  

			
	Interest Payment Dates:	  	June 1 and December 1.
		
	Record Dates:	  	May 15 and November 15.
	
	Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

  

			
	GAMES MERGER CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 
   AUTHENTICATION 
 Dated: 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of 

the Notes referred to in the Indenture. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 B-2

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES B NOTE] 

11% Senior Note, Series B, due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Games Merger
Corp., a Missouri corporation (to be merged with and into Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation) (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. 
 The
Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from June 1,
2010. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such
principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 15 and November 15 next preceding the interest payment date
even if Notes are cancelled or repurchased after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest
in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered
address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note Register; provided, however, that payments on the Notes represented by Definitive Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or
the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the Indenture (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 B-3

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms
of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect from time to time (the “Act”).
Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 11% Senior Notes, Series
A, due 2018 issued under the Indenture on June 1, 2010 (herein called “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 11% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2018 or 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018 of the Company that may be
issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to June 1, 2010, in each case having identical terms and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date, issue price and the first interest payment date (herein called “Additional
Notes”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2018 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the
Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes, among other things, certain limitations on
the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the
Company and Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, certain purchases or redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions involving the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of certain Liens, transactions with Affiliates, mergers and consolidations, payments for consent, the business activities and investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the
sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into agreements that restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries and
requires the Company to make available SEC information to the Holders as well as requiring certain Restricted Subsidiaries to guarantee the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. 

 

	5.	Redemption 

 Except as
described below, the Notes are not redeemable until June 1, 2014. On and after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 B-4

 Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of
the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) and Exchange Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price of 111.000% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that: 

 

	 	(1)	at least 60% of the original principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) and Exchange Notes remains outstanding
after each such redemption; and 

  

	 	(2)	the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering. 

 In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2014, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, the Company may
redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 If the optional Redemption Date
is on or after a record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date, and no
additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company. 
 In the case of any
partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on
a pro rata basis or by lot (and in any case as may be required by the rules and regulations of the applicable depository) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes, although no Note of $2,000 in
original principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 

  
 B-5

 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes. The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise. 

 

	6.	Change of Control Provisions 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in,
and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. The Company shall be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer in certain circumstances described in the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance
with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the
transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning (1) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (2) 15 days before an interest
payment date and ending on such interest payment date. 
  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another
person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	10.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of
principal and interest on the Notes to maturity. 

  
 B-6

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, a Note Guarantee, and the Notes may be amended with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and
(ii) subject to certain exceptions, any past default (other than with respect to nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article IV or
Article X in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company for
the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits of the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any
Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee or to conform the text of
the Indenture, this Note or the Note Guarantees to any provision in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum. 
  

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default for
30 days in any payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (ii) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon optional redemption
pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article IV of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days
after written notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute
an Event of Default under clause (ii) above; (v) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those
referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above); (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now
exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness
(“payment default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of
the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (the “bankruptcy provisions”); (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited
consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy
insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or (ix) any Note Guarantee ceases to be in full
force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Note Guarantee. However, a default under
clauses (iv) and (v) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes provide written notice to the Company of the default and the
Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice. 

  
 B-7

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (vii) above)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. If an Event of Default described in clause (vii) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except
as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct
the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. 
  

	13.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 B-8

	14.	No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes or the Indenture or the Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	15.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	16.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	17.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	18.	Defined Terms 

 As used in
this Note, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Company shall furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 

2481 Mañana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 Facsimile No.: (214) 357-1536 

  
 B-9

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

                      
                                         
                                         
                         
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

                      
                                         
                                  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

Date:                        
                                         
               Your
Signature:                                       
                      
 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                              
                                   
      (Signature must be guaranteed) 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side
of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-10

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Amount of
increase
in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory
of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-11

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the
Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $ 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                                         
                                 

                         
               (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 The signature(s)
should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-12

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which
term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 (the
“Indenture”) between Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation (the “Acquisition Sub”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the Successor
Supplemental Indenture between Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Company”) and the Trustee (a) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture (including without
limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceedings, relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition
interest is allowed in such proceeding). The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee, which terms are incorporated herein by reference. 
  

			
	[Guarantor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-1

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF SUCCESSOR SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 This First Supplemental Indenture (this
“Supplemental Indenture”) is entered into as of June 1, 2010 by and between Dave & Buster’s Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Successor”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the
“Trustee”), as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation (the “Issuer”), and the Trustee entered into that certain Indenture, dated
as of June 1, 2010 (the “Indenture”), and the Issuer issued pursuant to the Indenture $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Successor have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 1, 2010 (the
“Merger Agreement”), which provides for the merger of the Issuer with and into the Successor (the “Merger”), with the Successor continuing its existence under Missouri law; 

WHEREAS, the Merger shall become effective upon the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of
Missouri; 
 WHEREAS, Section 4.1 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer shall not be
prevented from merging with or into the Successor, provided that, among other things, the Successor shall expressly assume upon any such merger, by supplemental indenture, all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the
Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer and the Trustee may, without notice to
or consent of any Holder of the Notes provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Successor have been duly authorized to enter into this Supplemental Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS, all acts, conditions, proceedings and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms for the purposes
expressed herein, have been duly done and performed. 

  
 1 

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Successor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

Definitions 
 1.1 As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this
Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other
words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 Representations of the Successor 

2.1 The Successor represents and warrants to the Trustee as follows: 

It is a Missouri corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Missouri. 

The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Supplemental Indenture have been authorized and approved by all necessary corporate
action on its part. 
 2.2 The Successor represents and warrants to the Trustee that upon the filing and acceptance for record
of the Articles of Merger by the Secretary of State of the State of Missouri or at such other time thereafter as is provided in the Articles of Merger (the “Merger Effective Time”), the Merger will be effective in accordance with the terms
of the Merger Agreement and Missouri law. 
 ARTICLE III 
 Assumption and Agreements of Successor 
 3.1 In accordance with Sections
4.1 and 9.1 of the Indenture, the Successor hereby expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture. 
 3.2 The Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if the Successor had been named
as “Issuer” in the Indenture and the Notes; and thereafter the Issuer shall be fully released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes. 

  
 2 

 ARTICLE IV 
 Miscellaneous 
 4.1 This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective as
of the Merger Effective Time. 
 4.2 Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person,
firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

4.3 This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

4.4 In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 

4.5 Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms,
conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The
Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

4.6 The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute
one and the same agreement. 
 4.7 The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:
	Title:

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF INITIAL GUARANTOR SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 This Second Supplemental
Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2010 (this “Supplemental Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among the guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors”), Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
(together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”), as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, Games Merger Corp., a Missouri corporation (the “Issuer”), and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2010 (the “Base
Indenture”), and the Issuer issued pursuant to the Indenture $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2010
(the “First Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company expressly assumed all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture;

 WHEREAS, Section 3.11 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause each Restricted Subsidiary,
other than a Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture and Note Guarantee pursuant to which such Guarantors shall
unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes on a senior basis; and 

WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may, without notice to or consent of any
Holder of the Notes, add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; 

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantors, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

Definitions 
 1.1 As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this
Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other
words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee 

2.1 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees to become a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and
be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture, including, without limitation, Article X thereof. Each of the Guarantors agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a
Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 2.2 Each of the Guarantors
hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III

 Miscellaneous 
 3.1 All notices and other communications to the Guarantors shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantors c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc., 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas
75220 (fax: (214) 357-1536; Attention: Jay L. Tobin, and a copy to Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153 (fax: (212) 310-8007); Attention: Corey Chivers, Esq. 

3.2 Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the
Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

3.3 This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

 3.4 In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 3.5 Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the
terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound
hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

3.6 The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute
one and the same agreement. 
 3.7 The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:
	Title:

 
			
	 D&B LEASING, INC.

D&B MARKETING COMPANY, LLC

D&B REALTY HOLDING, INC.

DANB TEXAS, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S I, L.P.

DAVE & BUSTER’S MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF COLORADO, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF FLORIDA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF GEORGIA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF HAWAII, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF ILLINOIS, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF INDIANA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF KANSAS, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF MARYLAND, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF MASSACHUSETTS, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF NEBRASKA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF NEW YORK, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF OKLAHOMA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF OREGON, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF PITTSBURGH, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF VIRGINIA, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF WASHINGTON, INC.

DAVE & BUSTER’S OF WISCONSIN, INC.

SUGARLOAF GWINNETT ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

TANGO ACQUISITION, INC.

TANGO OF ARIZONA, INC.

TANGO OF ARUNDEL, INC.

TANGO OF FARMINGDALE, INC.

TANGO OF FRANKLIN, INC.

TANGO OF HOUSTON, INC.

TANGO OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

TANGO OF SUGARLOAF, INC.

TANGO OF TENNESSEE, INC.

TANGO OF WESTBURY, INC.

TANGO LICENSE CORPORATION

		
	By	 	  

	Name:
	 Title:

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 SCHEDULE 1 
 List of Guarantors 
 D&B Leasing, Inc. 

D&B Marketing Company, LLC 
 D&B Realty
Holding, Inc. 
 DANB Texas, Inc. 

Dave & Buster’s I, L.P. 

Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of California, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Colorado, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Florida, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Georgia, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Hawaii, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Illinois, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Indiana, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Kansas, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Maryland, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Massachusetts, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Nebraska,
Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of New York, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Oklahoma, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Oregon, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Pennsylvania, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Pittsburgh, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Virginia, Inc.

 Dave & Buster’s of Washington, Inc. 
 Dave & Buster’s of Wisconsin, Inc. 
 Sugarloaf Gwinnett Entertainment Company, L.P.

 Tango Acquisition, Inc. 
 Tango of
Arizona, Inc. 
 Tango of Arundel, Inc. 

Tango of Farmingdale, Inc. 
 Tango of Franklin,
Inc. 
 Tango of Houston, Inc. 
 Tango
of North Carolina, Inc. 
 Tango of Sugarloaf, Inc. 
 Tango of Tennessee, Inc. 
 Tango of Westbury, Inc. 

Tango License Corporation 

  
 D-1

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD GUARANTORS TO GUARANTEE NOTES 
 This
Supplemental Indenture and Note Guarantee, dated as of [                    ], 20     (this “Supplemental
Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among [name of future Guarantor] (the “Guarantor”), Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), each
other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee have
heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2010 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11%
Senior Notes due 2018 of the Company (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 3.11 of the Indenture
provides that the Company is required to cause each Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental
Indenture and Note Guarantee pursuant to which such Guarantor shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the
Notes on a senior basis; and 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may,
without notice to or consent of any Holder of the Notes, add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; 

  
 D-1

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

Definitions 
 1.1 As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this
Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other
words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee 

2.1 The Guarantor hereby agrees to become a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject
to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor
under the Indenture. 
 2.2 The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not
merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations pursuant to Article
X of the Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III 
 Miscellaneous 
 3.1 All notices and other communications to the Guarantor
shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company. 

[Name of future Guarantor] 
 [                                  
   ] 

[                       
              ] 
 [Attention:
                                ] 

[Facsimile No.:
(    )    -             ] 

  
 D-2

 3.2 Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any
Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

3.3 This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

3.4 In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 

3.5 Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms,
conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The
Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

3.6 The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute
one and the same agreement. 
 3.7 The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 D-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 [GUARANTOR],
 as a
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	DAVE & BUSTERS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 D-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00192-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00192-of-00352.parquet"}]]